WO2016115660A1 - Data transmission method, device and system - Google Patents

Data transmission method, device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016115660A1
WO2016115660A1 PCT/CN2015/071006 CN2015071006W WO2016115660A1 WO 2016115660 A1 WO2016115660 A1 WO 2016115660A1 CN 2015071006 W CN2015071006 W CN 2015071006W WO 2016115660 A1 WO2016115660 A1 WO 2016115660A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
subframe
transport block
block size
physical resource
data carried
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/071006
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王达
王键
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to US15/544,820 priority Critical patent/US10608804B2/en
Priority to EP15878338.1A priority patent/EP3240349B1/en
Priority to PCT/CN2015/071006 priority patent/WO2016115660A1/en
Priority to CN201580066968.7A priority patent/CN107006021B/en
Publication of WO2016115660A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016115660A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0058Allocation criteria
    • H04L5/0064Rate requirement of the data, e.g. scalable bandwidth, data priority
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0078Timing of allocation
    • H04L5/0087Timing of allocation when data requirements change
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0473Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being transmission power
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a data transmission method, device, and system.
  • each device needs to use frequency resources for information transmission, and the frequency resources are also called spectrum.
  • the spectrum can be divided into licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum.
  • the licensed spectrum is a frequency resource exclusive to some operators, and the unlicensed spectrum is a common frequency resource in a wireless communication network.
  • the amount of information transmitted in the wireless communication network is increasing, and preempting the unlicensed spectrum transmission information can improve the data throughput in the wireless communication network and better meet the needs of users.
  • the time at which the device preempts the channel of the unlicensed spectrum to transmit data may be random, which may cause the time at which the device sends data may not be the start time of a complete subframe, as shown in FIG. 1 , and the prior art In the case, incomplete subframes cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, device, and system, which can solve the problem that the incomplete subframe cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art.
  • a data transmission method includes:
  • a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the second transport block size TBS includes a first subframe Transport block size TBS and transport block size TBS of the second subframe;
  • the network device modulates the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS Encoding, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
  • the network device Transmitting, by the network device, the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequencies
  • the OFDM symbols are divided and multiplexed, and the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • the network device determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size.
  • TBS including:
  • the network device determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size.
  • TBS including:
  • TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe
  • F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up
  • a is greater than The real number of 1.
  • the a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the network device determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a second transport block size.
  • TBS including:
  • the network device determines a transport block size TBS of the first subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the network device determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a second transport block size.
  • TBS including:
  • the transport block size TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off.
  • a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends the a to the user equipment.
  • the network device is configured according to the first subframe
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data determines the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, including:
  • the network device establishes a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the a, or
  • the network device establishes a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
  • the network device determines whether the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first data and the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe. Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
  • the network device determines the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
  • the second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the second subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device receives the first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  • a data transmission method includes:
  • the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N;
  • a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of one subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe;
  • Decoding according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, the first data and the first data carried by the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe Adjust the decoding.
  • the user equipment determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size.
  • TBS including:
  • the user equipment determines the first transport block size TBS according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the user equipment determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size.
  • TBS including:
  • TBS is a transport block size TB corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe
  • F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up
  • a is greater than The real number of 1.
  • the a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the user equipment determines a second transport block size according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe TBS, including:
  • the user equipment determines a transport block size TBS of the first subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the user equipment determines a second transport block size according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe TBS, including:
  • the transport block size TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off.
  • a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the method further includes:
  • the user equipment receives the a sent by the network device
  • the user equipment establishes a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the a, or
  • the first transport block size TBS establishes a first list, or
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first data and the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
  • the user equipment determines the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
  • the second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the second subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
  • the method further includes:
  • the user equipment sends the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  • a network device includes:
  • An acquiring unit configured to acquire a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
  • a modulation coding unit configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS,
  • the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS
  • the first data carried by the subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded, and the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
  • a sending unit configured to send the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal Frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols, the second subframe comprising N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • a physical resource block PRB number S where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off.
  • a is a real number greater than 1;
  • the first transport block size TBS is determined according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource block PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a real number greater than 1.
  • the a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the a to the user equipment.
  • the modulation and coding unit is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
  • the second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and a first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and a first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the network device further includes a receiving unit, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second Subframe.
  • a user equipment includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a first subframe and a second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal Frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N;
  • An acquiring unit configured to acquire a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
  • a demodulation unit configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS,
  • the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS
  • the first data carried by the subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded.
  • a physical resource block PRB number S where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off.
  • a is a real number greater than 1;
  • the first transport block size TBS is determined according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of resource block PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the a sent by the network device
  • the demodulation unit is configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
  • the second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and a first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and a first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the user equipment further includes a sending unit, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second sub frame.
  • a network device in a fifth aspect, includes a processor, a memory, a bus, and a transmitter, wherein the processor, the memory, and the transmitter are connected to each other through the bus;
  • the processor is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
  • the second transport block size TBS includes a first subframe a transport block size TBS and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first data and the second data carried by the first subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS
  • the first number carried by the subframe According to modulation coding, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
  • the transmitter is configured to send the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, and the first subframe includes M Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, the second subframe comprising N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the transport block size TBS of the frame is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a real number greater than one.
  • the a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down. Or rounded off, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the transmitter is further configured to send the a to the user equipment.
  • the processor is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the physical resources occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the a The number of block PRBs establishes the first list, or
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
  • the second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and a first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and a first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the network device further includes a receiver, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second Subframe.
  • a user equipment in a sixth aspect, includes a processor, a memory, a bus, and a receiver, The processor, the memory, and the receiver are connected to each other through the bus;
  • the receiver is configured to receive a first subframe and a second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N;
  • the processor is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by one subframe determines a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, and the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe And a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe are carried according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS
  • the first data is demodulated and decoded.
  • the transport block size TBS of the frame is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a real number greater than one.
  • the a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down. Or rounded off, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the receiver is further configured to receive the a sent by the network device
  • the processor is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
  • the second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and a first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and a first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the user equipment further includes a transmitter, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second sub frame.
  • a seventh aspect a wireless network system, comprising: a network device and a user equipment;
  • the network device is the network device in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect or the third aspect, where the user device is in any one possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the network device is the network device in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect, where the user device is in any one of the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • the user equipment is the network device in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect, where the user device is in any one of the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • the network device acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe.
  • the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded according to the first TBS or the second TBS, and the first subframe and the second subframe are sent to the user equipment. Subframe. The problem that the incomplete sub-frame cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art is solved.
  • 1 is a schematic structural diagram of preempting an unlicensed spectrum subframe in the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless network system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • the user equipment (English name: User Equipment, English abbreviation: UE) includes but is not limited to a mobile station (English full name: Mobile Station, English abbreviation: MS), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), Mobile phone, mobile device, portable device, etc.
  • the user equipment can be connected to one or more core networks via a radio access network (English name: Radio Access Network, English abbreviation: RAN).
  • a radio access network English name: Radio Access Network, English abbreviation: RAN.
  • Communication for example, the user device may be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with wireless communication capabilities, etc., and the user device may also be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device.
  • the network device may be a base station in GSM or CDMA (English full name: Base Transceiver Station, English abbreviation: BTS), or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station in LTE. (English full name: evolved Node B, English abbreviation: eNB or e-NodeB), the embodiment of the present invention is not limited.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method. Referring to FIG. 2, the method includes the following steps:
  • the network device acquires a number of PRBs (Physical Resource Blocks) occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • PRBs Physical Resource Blocks
  • the first data is data that the network device sends to the user equipment.
  • the network device may further acquire a location of the PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the number and location of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe are pre-configured, and may be determined by the network device or determined by the user equipment.
  • the network device determines, according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first TBS (Transport Block Size) or a second transport block size TBS.
  • a first TBS Transport Block Size
  • TBS Transport Block Size
  • the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe.
  • the network device performs modulation coding on the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first TBS or the second TBS.
  • the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes.
  • the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum
  • the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be An incomplete subframe
  • the first subframe is a complete subframe.
  • the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
  • the network device determines the first TBS or the second TBS, and performs modulation and coding on the data carried by the first subframe and the data carried in the second subframe according to the first TBS or the second TBS. This is for illustrative purposes only and does not represent that the invention is limited thereto.
  • the network device performs unified modulation and coding on the first data carried in the first subframe and the first data carried in the second subframe.
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe or OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) Frequency division multiplexing)
  • M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe or OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) Frequency division multiplexing)
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the first data carried by the subframe is uniformly modulated and encoded.
  • the network device may determine the first TBS by using the lookup table 1, and determine the first TBS by using I TBs (Index of Transport Block Size) and N PRB (Physical Resource Block Number).
  • I TBs Index of Transport Block Size
  • N PRB Physical Resource Block Number
  • the I TBs correspond to the MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) level
  • the N PRB corresponds to the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the MCS level is 1, I TBs is 1, and if the calculated N PRB is 51, it can be determined that the first TBS is 1864.
  • the data is uniformly modulated and encoded.
  • t is the TBS of the first subframe
  • the TBS of the first subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe
  • the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a real number greater than 1.
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the network device modulates and encodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the second TBS.
  • the network device modulates and encodes the first data carried by the first subframe according to the TBS of the first subframe; and modulates and encodes the first data carried by the second subframe according to the TBS of the second subframe.
  • the TBS of the first subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe
  • the TBS of the second subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the number of PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the network device determines the TBS of the second subframe according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the network device determines the TBS of the first subframe according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • P the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data
  • F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up
  • a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
  • the TBS of the first subframe and the TBS of the second subframe may be searched by looking up the first one, and the search mode is one.
  • the manners described in the implementation manner are the same, and are not described herein again.
  • the network device may establish a first list of the TBS of the first subframe and the TBS of the second subframe according to a, or
  • the network device establishes a first list of the TBS of the first subframe and the first TBS according to a, or
  • the network device establishes a first list according to a number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and a number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, or
  • the network device establishes a first list according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the network device can determine the first TBS or the second TBS according to the first list.
  • the first list may include at least one of a TBS table of Layer 1 in the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, a TBS table of Layer 2, a TBS table of Layer 3, and a TBS table of Layer 4, or preset
  • the list defines the corresponding TBS when the number of PRBs exceeds 110, or the TBS corresponding to the range in which the TBS exceeds the range in the prior art list is defined in the preset list, thus ensuring that if the calculated TBS exceeds the list of the prior art, It is also possible to find the corresponding first TBS in the preset list.
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 or M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the network device can also send a.
  • a is (M 1 + M 2 ) / M 2 or M 1 / M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, M 2 The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols used to indicate the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • M 1 and M 2 may also be the number of PRBs or the number of sampling intervals; here, M 1 and As long as the M 2 can represent the amount of physical resources occupied by the information sent to the user equipment in the first subframe and the second subframe, the network device and the user equipment may also predefine the rules for generating the scale factor, the network device and the user. Devices use this rule to generate scale factors that do not require network devices to send.
  • the network device sends the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment.
  • the first subframe is transmitted after the second subframe, the first subframe includes M OFDM symbols, and the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the network device may receive the first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the first subframe.
  • the two sub-frames are used to indicate the reception of the two sub-frames.
  • the first feedback information may be a HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) information.
  • the network device acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the first TBS or the second TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, According to the first TBS or the second TBS pair
  • the first data carried by the one subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded, and the first subframe and the second subframe are sent to the user equipment.
  • another embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, and the method for receiving the side corresponding to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, as shown in FIG. 3, includes the following steps:
  • the user equipment receives an adjacent first subframe and a second subframe that are sent by the network device.
  • the first subframe is transmitted after the second subframe, the first subframe includes M OFDM symbols, and the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • the user equipment acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the first data is data that the network device sends to the user equipment.
  • the user equipment device may further acquire a location of the PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the number and location of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe are pre-configured, and may be determined by the network device or determined by the user equipment.
  • the user equipment determines, according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, the first TBS or the second TBS.
  • the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe.
  • the user equipment demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first TBS or the second TBS.
  • the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes.
  • the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum
  • the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be An incomplete subframe
  • the first subframe is a complete subframe.
  • the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
  • the user equipment determines the first TBS or the second TBS, and demodulates the data carried by the first subframe and the data carried by the second subframe according to the first TBS or the second TBS.
  • the three modulation and coding modes described in the above step 203 are of course only exemplified, and are not intended to limit the invention.
  • the first data carried by the user equipment in the first subframe And demodulating the first data carried in the second subframe uniformly.
  • the first TBS Determining, by the user equipment, the first TBS according to the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, and the first data and the second data carried by the first subframe according to the first TBS
  • the first data carried by the subframe is uniformly demodulated.
  • the data is uniformly demodulated.
  • t is the TBS of the first subframe
  • the TBS of the first subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe
  • the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off.
  • Rounded up, a is a real number greater than 1.
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the user equipment demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the second TBS.
  • the user equipment demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe according to the TBS of the first subframe; and demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the second subframe according to the TBS of the second subframe.
  • the TBS of the first subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe
  • the TBS of the second subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the number of PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the user equipment determines the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe. TBS of two subframes;
  • the user equipment determines the TBS of the first subframe according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • P the TBS of the first subframe
  • the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the frame
  • the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off
  • a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the user equipment demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe according to the TBS of the first subframe; and demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the second subframe according to the TBS of the second subframe.
  • a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
  • the user equipment may establish a first list of the TBS of the first subframe and the TBS of the second subframe according to a, or
  • the user equipment establishes a first list of the TBS of the first subframe and the first TBS according to a, or
  • the user equipment establishes a first list according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to a, or
  • the user equipment establishes a first list according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the user equipment can determine the first TBS or the second TBS according to the first list.
  • the first list may include a TBS table of layer 1 in the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, a TBS table of layer 2, a TBS table of layer 3, and At least one of the TBS tables of the layer 4, or the preset list defines a TBS corresponding to when the number of PRBs exceeds 110, or a TBS corresponding to a range in which the TBS exceeds the range in the prior art list is defined in the preset list, thus ensuring If the calculated TBS is beyond the list of the prior art, the corresponding first TBS can also be found in the preset list.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 or M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe.
  • M 2 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the user equipment can receive a sent by the network device.
  • a is (M 1 + M 2 ) / M 2 or M 1 / M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, M 2 The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols used to indicate the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • M 1 and M 2 may also be the number of PRBs or the number of sampling intervals; here, M 1 and As long as the M 2 can represent the amount of physical resources occupied by the information sent to the user equipment in the first subframe and the second subframe, the network device and the user equipment may also predefine the rules for generating the scale factor, the network device and the user. Devices use this rule to generate scale factors that do not require network devices to send.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the user equipment may send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate the user equipment. Whether the first subframe and the second subframe are correctly received, so that a feedback information is used to indicate the reception of the two subframes.
  • the first feedback information may be a HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request). Pass the request) information.
  • the user equipment receives the adjacent first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, and acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, according to the first subframe. And determining, by the first TBS or the second TBS, the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded according to the first TBS or the second TBS.
  • the invention solves the problem that the incomplete subframe cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, which is used to perform the data transmission method described in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 2.
  • the network device 40 includes an obtaining unit 401.
  • the obtaining unit 401 is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment.
  • the modulation coding unit 402 is configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit 401, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, and a second transport block size TBS The transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the transport block size TBS of the second subframe are included. And modulating and encoding the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, where the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent Subframe.
  • the sending unit 403 is configured to send, to the user equipment, the first subframe and the second subframe, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, and second The subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes.
  • the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum
  • the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be an incomplete subframe.
  • the first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
  • s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe
  • the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off
  • a is a real number greater than 1. Determining the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB commonly occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of one subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a is a real number greater than one.
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the second subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the TBS, the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
  • the sending unit 403 is further configured to send a to the user equipment.
  • the modulation and coding unit 402 is configured to establish, according to a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the network device 40 further includes a receiving unit 404, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  • a receiving unit 404 configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  • the network device acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the first TBS or the second TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, according to the first
  • the TBS or the second TBS modulates and encodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, and sends the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, which is used to perform the data transmission method described in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 3.
  • the user equipment 50 includes a receiving unit 501.
  • the receiving unit 501 is configured to receive the first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency divisions.
  • the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • the obtaining unit 502 is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment.
  • the demodulation unit 503 is configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit 502, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, and a second transport block size TBS The transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the transport block size TBS of the second subframe are included. And demodulating and decoding the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS.
  • the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes.
  • the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum
  • the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be an incomplete subframe.
  • the first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
  • s is a physical resource block occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe
  • F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off
  • a is a real number greater than 1. Determining the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB commonly occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of one subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a is a real number greater than one.
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by a data, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the transport block size TBS of the second subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the TBS, the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
  • the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a sent by the network device.
  • the demodulation unit 503 is configured to establish, according to a, a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
  • the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS is determined according to the first list.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the user equipment 50 further includes a sending unit 504, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  • a sending unit 504 configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  • the user equipment provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment receives the first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, and acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, according to the first subframe.
  • the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first TBS or the second TBS is determined according to the first TBS or the second TBS.
  • the data and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded, which solves the problem that the incomplete subframe cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art.
  • the network device 60 includes At least one processor 601, memory 602, bus 603, and transmitter 604, the at least one processor 601, memory 602, and transmitter 604 are connected by bus 603 and complete communication with each other.
  • the bus 603 may be an ISA (Industry Standard Architecture) bus, a PCI (Peripheral Component) bus, or an EISA (Extended Industry Standard Architecture) bus.
  • the bus 603 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 6, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. among them:
  • the memory 602 is used to execute the application code of the inventive scheme, and the application code for executing the inventive scheme is stored in a memory and controlled by the processor 601 for execution.
  • the memory can be a read only memory ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory RAM or other type of dynamic storage device that can store information and instructions, or can be electrically erasable or programmable.
  • These memories are connected to the processor via a bus.
  • the processor 601 may be a central processing unit (CPU), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention. Integrated circuits.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the processor 601 is configured to call the program code in the memory 602. In a possible implementation manner, when the application is executed by the processor 601, the following work is implemented. can.
  • the processor 601 is configured to obtain the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment.
  • a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS Determining, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, where the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS and a first subframe The transport block size TBS of the two subframes. And modulating and encoding the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, where the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent Subframe.
  • the transmitter 604 is configured to send the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, and second The subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes.
  • the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum
  • the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be an incomplete subframe.
  • the first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the transport block size TBS of the second subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a positive real number not greater than one.
  • a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
  • the transmitter 604 is further configured to send a to the user equipment.
  • the processor 601 is configured to establish, according to a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to a The first list is established by the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the network device 60 further includes a receiver 605, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  • the network device acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the first TBS or the second TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, according to the first
  • the TBS or the second TBS modulates and encodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, and sends the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment.
  • another embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment 70 for performing the data transmission method described in the foregoing embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3.
  • the user equipment 70 includes At least one processor 701, memory 702, bus 703, and receiver 704, the at least one processor 701, memory 702, and receiver 704 are connected by bus 703 and complete communication with each other.
  • the bus 703 can be an ISA (Industry Standard Architecture) Quasi-architecture) bus, PCI (Peripheral Component) bus or EISA (Extended Industry Standard Architecture) bus.
  • the bus 703 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. among them:
  • the memory 702 is for executing application code of the inventive scheme, and the application code for executing the inventive scheme is stored in a memory and controlled by the processor 701 for execution.
  • the memory can be a read only memory ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory RAM or other type of dynamic storage device that can store information and instructions, or can be electrically erasable or programmable.
  • These memories are connected to the processor via a bus.
  • the processor 701 may be a central processing unit (CPU), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention. Integrated circuits.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the processor 701 is configured to invoke program code in the memory 702. In a possible implementation manner, when the application program is executed by the processor 701, the following functions are implemented.
  • the receiver 704 is configured to receive the first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency divisions.
  • the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ⁇ N.
  • the processor 701 is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment. Determining the first transport block according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe
  • the size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe. And demodulating and decoding the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS.
  • the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes.
  • the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum
  • the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be an incomplete subframe.
  • the first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
  • a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  • the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the data The function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  • the second subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data determines the transport block size TBS of the second subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a positive real number not greater than one.
  • a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
  • the receiver 704 is further configured to receive a sent by the network device.
  • the processor 701 is specifically configured to establish a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to a, or
  • the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS is determined according to the first list.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
  • the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  • the user equipment 70 further includes a transmitter 705, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  • the user equipment provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment receives the first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, and acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, according to the first subframe. And determining, by the first TBS or the second TBS, the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded according to the first TBS or the second TBS.
  • the invention solves the problem that the incomplete subframe cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art.
  • Wireless network system 80 includes network device 801 and user equipment 802.
  • the network device 801 is the network device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4, and the user device 802 is the user device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5.
  • the network device 801 is the network device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6, and the user device 802 is the user device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7.
  • the network device acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the first TBS or the second TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe.
  • the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded according to the first TBS or the second TBS, and the first subframe and the second subframe are sent to the user equipment.
  • a computing readable medium (or medium) is provided, including when executed Computer readable instructions for performing the operations of 201 to 204 or 301 to 304 of the method in the above embodiment.
  • a computer program product including the computer readable medium described above.
  • the signaling mentioned in the text includes, but is not limited to, an indication, an information, a signal, or a message, and is not limited herein.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .
  • Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another.
  • a storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the computer readable medium may include a RAM (Random Access Memory), a ROM (Read Only Memory), and an EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory).
  • any connection may suitably be a computer readable medium.
  • the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL (Digital Subscriber Line), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, Then coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless and microwave are included in the fixing of the associated medium.
  • the disc and the disc include a CD (Compact Disc), a laser disc, a compact disc, a DVD disc (Digital Vers atile Disc), a floppy disk, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically replicated.
  • the disc uses a laser to optically replicate the data. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a data transmission method, device and system, which relate to the field of communications, and can solve the problem in the prior art that an incomplete sub-frame cannot be modulated and coded to perform data transmission. The specific solution is as follows: a network device acquiring the number of PRBs occupied by first data borne by a first sub-frame, wherein the number of PRBs occupied by the first data borne by the first sub-frame is pre-configured, and can be determined by the network device or be determined by a user equipment; determining a first TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data borne by the first sub-frame; modulating and coding the first data borne by the first sub-frame and the first data borne by a second sub-frame according to the first TBS; and sending the first sub-frame and the second sub-frame to the user equipment. The present invention is used for data transmission.

Description

一种数据传输方法、设备及***Data transmission method, device and system 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输方法、设备及***。The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a data transmission method, device, and system.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信网络中,各个设备需要利用频率资源进行信息传输,频率资源也被称为频谱。频谱可以分为授权频谱和非授权频谱。授权频谱是一些运营商专属的频率资源,非授权频谱是无线通信网络中公用的频率资源。随着通信技术的发展,无线通信网络中传输的信息量日益增加,抢占非授权频谱传输信息,可以提高无线通信网络中的数据吞吐量,更好地满足用户的需求。In a wireless communication network, each device needs to use frequency resources for information transmission, and the frequency resources are also called spectrum. The spectrum can be divided into licensed spectrum and unlicensed spectrum. The licensed spectrum is a frequency resource exclusive to some operators, and the unlicensed spectrum is a common frequency resource in a wireless communication network. With the development of communication technology, the amount of information transmitted in the wireless communication network is increasing, and preempting the unlicensed spectrum transmission information can improve the data throughput in the wireless communication network and better meet the needs of users.
但是,现有技术中,设备抢占非授权频谱的信道发送数据的时刻可能是随机的,这导致设备发送数据的时刻可能不是一个完整子帧开始的时刻,参照图1所示,而现有技术中,无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输。However, in the prior art, the time at which the device preempts the channel of the unlicensed spectrum to transmit data may be random, which may cause the time at which the device sends data may not be the start time of a complete subframe, as shown in FIG. 1 , and the prior art In the case, incomplete subframes cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明的实施例提供一种数据传输方法、设备及***,能够解决现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。The embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, device, and system, which can solve the problem that the incomplete subframe cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art.
为达到上述目的,本发明的实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above object, embodiments of the present invention adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,一种数据传输方法,包括:In a first aspect, a data transmission method includes:
网络设备获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给用户设备的数据;Obtaining, by the network device, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;Determining, by the network device, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the second transport block size TBS includes a first subframe Transport block size TBS and transport block size TBS of the second subframe;
所述网络设备根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行调制编码,所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧是相邻的子帧; The network device modulates the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS Encoding, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
所述网络设备向用户设备发送所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。Transmitting, by the network device, the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequencies The OFDM symbols are divided and multiplexed, and the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ≥ N.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size. TBS, including:
所述网络设备根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;Determining, by the network device, the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first formula S=F(s×a) S, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is greater than 1. Real number
所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The determining, by the network device, the first transport block size TBS according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size. TBS, including:
所述网络设备根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBST,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Determining, by the network device, a first transport block size TBST according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and a transport block size of the first subframe The TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is greater than The real number of 1.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation of the first aspect,
所述a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符 号数目。The a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of multiplexed OFDM symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二传输块大小TBS,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a second transport block size. TBS, including:
所述网络设备根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;Determining, by the network device, the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the third formula L=F(l×a), where l is the location carried by the first subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
所述网络设备根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;Determining, by the network device, a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe;
所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The network device determines a transport block size TBS of the first subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二传输块大小TBS,包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a second transport block size. TBS, including:
所述网络设备根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Determining, by the network device, a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to a fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, the first subframe The transport block size TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. , a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
结合第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect or the fifth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation of the first aspect,
所述a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括: With reference to any one of the first aspect to the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
所述网络设备向用户设备发送所述a。The network device sends the a to the user equipment.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,包括:With reference to the implementation of the first aspect to the seventh possible implementation of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the network device is configured according to the first subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data determines the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, including:
所述网络设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The network device establishes a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the a, or
所述网络设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The network device establishes a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
所述网络设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the a Create a first list, or
所述网络设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the network device, according to the a, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first data and the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
所述网络设备根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。The network device determines the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the first aspect to the eighth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect,
所述第二子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧。The second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the first aspect to the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
结合第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十一种 可能的实现方式中,In combination with the tenth possible implementation of the first aspect, the eleventh aspect of the first aspect Possible implementations,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the second subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
结合第一方面至第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the first aspect to any one of the eleventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes:
所述网络设备接收所述用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The network device receives the first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
第二方面,一种数据传输方法,包括:In a second aspect, a data transmission method includes:
用户设备接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N;Receiving, by the user equipment, the adjacent first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency divisions With OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N;
所述用户设备获取所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给所述用户设备的数据;Obtaining, by the user equipment, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;Determining, by the user equipment, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of one subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe;
所述用户设备根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行解调解码。Decoding, according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, the first data and the first data carried by the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe Adjust the decoding.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS,包括: With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the user equipment determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size. TBS, including:
所述用户设备根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;Determining, by the user equipment, the number of physical resource blocks PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first formula S=F(s×a) S, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is greater than 1. Real number
所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The user equipment determines the first transport block size TBS according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS,包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the user equipment determines, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size. TBS, including:
所述用户设备根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBST,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TB,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Determining, by the user equipment, a first transport block size TBST according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and a transport block size of the first subframe The TBS is a transport block size TB corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is greater than The real number of 1.
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation of the second aspect,
所述a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of multiplexed OFDM symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二传输块大小TBS,包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the user equipment determines a second transport block size according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe TBS, including:
所述用户设备根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整 或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;Determining, by the user equipment, the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the third formula L=F(1×a), where l is the location carried by the first subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data, and the function F() is rounded up. Or round down or round off, a is a positive real number not greater than 1;
所述用户设备根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;Determining, by the user equipment, a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe;
所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The user equipment determines a transport block size TBS of the first subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二传输块大小TBS,包括:With reference to the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the user equipment determines a second transport block size according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe TBS, including:
所述用户设备根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Determining, by the user equipment, a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to a fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, the first subframe The transport block size TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. , a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
结合第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,With the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect or the fifth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect,
所述a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to any one of the second aspect to the sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
所述用户设备接收所述网络设备发送的所述a;The user equipment receives the a sent by the network device;
所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,包括:Determining, by the user equipment, the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, including:
所述用户设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The user equipment establishes a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the a, or
所述用户设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与 所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Transmitting, by the user equipment, the transport block size TBS of the first subframe according to the a The first transport block size TBS establishes a first list, or
所述用户设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the a Create a first list, or
所述用户设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the user equipment, according to the a, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first data and the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
所述用户设备根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。The user equipment determines the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the second aspect to the seventh possible implementation of the second aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect,
所述第二子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧。The second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the second aspect to the eighth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the second aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
结合第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the ninth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the second subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
结合第二方面至第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括: With reference to any one of the second aspect to the tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes:
所述用户设备向所述网络设备发送第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The user equipment sends the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
第三方面,一种网络设备,包括:In a third aspect, a network device includes:
获取单元,用于获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给用户设备的数据;An acquiring unit, configured to acquire a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
调制编码单元,用于根据所述获取单元获取的所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行调制编码,所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧是相邻的子帧;a modulation coding unit, configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, The second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS The first data carried by the subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded, and the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
发送单元,用于向用户设备发送所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。a sending unit, configured to send the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal Frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols, the second subframe comprising N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the third aspect, in a first possible implementation of the third aspect,
所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The modulation and coding unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are jointly occupied by the first data. a physical resource block PRB number S, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. a is a real number greater than 1; the first transport block size TBS is determined according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the third aspect, in a second possible implementation of the third aspect,
所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占 用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。The modulation coding unit is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, the first The transport block size TBS of the subframe is the first data share carried by the first subframe The transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource block PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a real number greater than 1.
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the third aspect or the second possible implementation of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of multiplexed OFDM symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the third aspect,
所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The modulation coding unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(1×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the subframe, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1; according to the second sub The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the frame determines a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, and is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The transport block size TBS of the first subframe.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation of the third aspect,
所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The modulation coding unit is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, where The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or down. Whole or rounded to round, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
结合第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,With the fourth possible implementation of the third aspect or the fifth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/ 或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the third aspect to the sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述发送单元,还用于向用户设备发送所述a。The sending unit is further configured to send the a to the user equipment.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the third aspect to the seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The modulation and coding unit is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或And establishing, according to the a, a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe ,or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
并根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。And determining, according to the first list, the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the third aspect to the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述第二子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧。The second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the third aspect to the ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。 The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and a first data carried by the first subframe. The number and location of physical resource block PRBs.
结合第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and a first data carried by the second subframe. The number and location of physical resource block PRBs.
结合第三方面至第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the eleventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect to the third aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the third aspect,
所述网络设备还包括接收单元,用于接收所述用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The network device further includes a receiving unit, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second Subframe.
第四方面,一种用户设备,包括:In a fourth aspect, a user equipment includes:
接收单元,用于接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N;a receiving unit, configured to receive a first subframe and a second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal Frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N;
获取单元,用于获取所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给所述用户设备的数据;An acquiring unit, configured to acquire a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
解调单元,用于根据所述获取单元获取的所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行解调解码。a demodulation unit, configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, The second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS The first data carried by the subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述解调单元,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的 物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The demodulation unit is configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are jointly occupied by the first data. a physical resource block PRB number S, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. a is a real number greater than 1; the first transport block size TBS is determined according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述解调单元,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。The demodulation unit is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, the first The transport block size TBS of the subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a real number greater than 1.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the fourth aspect or the first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of multiplexed OFDM symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述解调单元,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The demodulation unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(l×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the subframe, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1; according to the second sub The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the frame determines a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, and is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The transport block size TBS of the first subframe.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fourth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述解调单元,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的 传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The demodulation unit is specifically configured to determine the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a) a transport block size TBS, where p is the transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the physical occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of resource block PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
结合第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式或第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, or the fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第四方面至第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the fourth aspect to the sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述接收单元,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的所述a;The receiving unit is further configured to receive the a sent by the network device;
所述解调单元,具体用于根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The demodulation unit is configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或And establishing, according to the a, a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe ,or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。Determining the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
结合第四方面至第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the fourth aspect to the seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述第二子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧。 The second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
结合第四方面至第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the fourth aspect to the eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and a first data carried by the first subframe. The number and location of physical resource block PRBs.
结合第四方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the ninth possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and a first data carried by the second subframe. The number and location of physical resource block PRBs.
结合第四方面至第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the fourth aspect to the tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect,
所述用户设备还包括发送单元,用于向所述网络设备发送第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The user equipment further includes a sending unit, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second sub frame.
第五方面,一种网络设备,包括处理器、存储器、总线及发送器,所述处理器、所述存储器及所述发送器通过所述总线相互连接;In a fifth aspect, a network device includes a processor, a memory, a bus, and a transmitter, wherein the processor, the memory, and the transmitter are connected to each other through the bus;
其中,所述处理器,用于获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给用户设备的数据;The processor is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数 据进行调制编码,所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧是相邻的子帧;Determining, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, where the second transport block size TBS includes a first subframe a transport block size TBS and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first data and the second data carried by the first subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS The first number carried by the subframe According to modulation coding, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
所述发送器,用于向用户设备发送所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。The transmitter is configured to send the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, and the first subframe includes M Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, the second subframe comprising N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the first data carried by the first subframe and the physical data occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe a number of resource block PRBs, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a a real number greater than 1; determining a first transport block size TBS according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。The processor is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and the first sub The transport block size TBS of the frame is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a real number greater than one.
结合第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the first possible implementation of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of multiplexed OFDM symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一 子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(l×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the subframe, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1; according to the second sub The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the frame determines a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, and is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The transport block size TBS of the first subframe.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The processor is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down. Or rounded off, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
结合第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, or the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第五方面至第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the fifth aspect to the sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述发送器,还用于向用户设备发送所述a。The transmitter is further configured to send the a to the user equipment.
结合第五方面至第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the fifth aspect to the seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The processor is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源 块PRB数目建立第一列表,或The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the physical resources occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the a The number of block PRBs establishes the first list, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
并根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。And determining, according to the first list, the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS.
结合第五方面至第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the fifth aspect to the eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述第二子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧。The second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
结合第五方面至第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the fifth aspect to the ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and a first data carried by the first subframe. The number and location of physical resource block PRBs.
结合第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and a first data carried by the second subframe. The number and location of physical resource block PRBs.
结合第五方面至第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect to the fifth aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect,
所述网络设备还包括接收器,用于接收所述用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The network device further includes a receiver, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second Subframe.
第六方面,一种用户设备,包括处理器、存储器、总线及接收器, 所述处理器、所述存储器及所述接收器通过所述总线相互连接;In a sixth aspect, a user equipment includes a processor, a memory, a bus, and a receiver, The processor, the memory, and the receiver are connected to each other through the bus;
其中,所述接收器,用于接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N;The receiver is configured to receive a first subframe and a second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N;
所述处理器,用于获取所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给所述用户设备的数据;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行解调解码。The processor is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment; The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by one subframe determines a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, and the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe And a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe are carried according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS The first data is demodulated and decoded.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the first data carried by the first subframe and the physical data occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe a number of resource block PRBs, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a a real number greater than 1; determining a first transport block size TBS according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。The processor is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and the first sub The transport block size TBS of the frame is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a real number greater than one.
结合第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the sixth aspect or the first possible implementation of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of multiplexed OFDM symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation of the sixth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(1×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first sub- The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the frame, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1; according to the second subframe Determining, by the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, and the number of the physical resource blocks The transport block size TBS of the first subframe.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the sixth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述处理器,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The processor is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down. Or rounded off, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
结合第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式或第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,With the fourth possible implementation of the sixth aspect or the sixth possible implementation of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the sixth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述接收器,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的所述a; The receiver is further configured to receive the a sent by the network device;
所述处理器,具体用于根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The processor is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或And establishing, according to the a, a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe ,or
根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。Determining the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the seventh aspect to the seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述第二子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧。The second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any implementation of the eighth aspect to the eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and a first data carried by the first subframe. The number and location of physical resource block PRBs.
结合第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the ninth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。 The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and a first data carried by the second subframe. The number and location of physical resource block PRBs.
结合第六方面至第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中任一实现方式,在第六方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any one of the tenth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述用户设备还包括发送器,用于向所述网络设备发送第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The user equipment further includes a transmitter, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second sub frame.
第七方面,一种无线网络***,其特征在于,包括网络设备及用户设备;A seventh aspect, a wireless network system, comprising: a network device and a user equipment;
其中,所述网络设备为第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实现方式中所述的网络设备,所述用户设备为第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的实现方式中所述的用户设备;The network device is the network device in any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect or the third aspect, where the user device is in any one possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect. The user equipment;
或者,所述网络设备为第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的实现方式中所述的网络设备,所述用户设备为第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的实现方式中所述的用户设备。Or the network device is the network device in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect, where the user device is in any one of the possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect. The user equipment.
本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法、设备及***,网络设备获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS,根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码,并向用户设备发送第一子帧和第二子帧。解决了现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。The data transmission method, device and system provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the network device acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe. The first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded according to the first TBS or the second TBS, and the first subframe and the second subframe are sent to the user equipment. Subframe. The problem that the incomplete sub-frame cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art is solved.
附图说明DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, the drawings used in the description of the embodiments will be briefly described below. It is obvious that the drawings in the following description are only the present invention. For some embodiments, other drawings may be obtained from those of ordinary skill in the art without departing from the drawings.
图1为现有技术中抢占非授权频谱子帧结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of preempting an unlicensed spectrum subframe in the prior art;
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种数据传输方法流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明另一实施例提供的一种数据传输方法流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a data transmission method according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备结构示意图; FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本发明实施例提供的一种用户设备结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本发明另一实施例提供的一种网络设备结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图7为本发明另一实施例提供的一种用户设备结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图8为本发明实施例提供的一种无线网络***结构示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless network system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
应理解,本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信***,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)***、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)***、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)***、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)***、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)***、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信***(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)或全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信***等。It should be understood that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, such as a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code. Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) System, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS) or Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system.
应理解,在本发明实施例中,用户设备(英文全称:User Equipment,英文简称:UE)包括但不限于移动台(英文全称:Mobile Station,英文简称:MS)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)、移动电话(Mobile Telephone)、手机(handset)及便携设备(portable equipment)等,该用户设备可以经无线接入网(英文全称:Radio Access Network,英文简称:RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,用户设备可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有无线通信功能的计算机等,用户设备还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。 It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment (English name: User Equipment, English abbreviation: UE) includes but is not limited to a mobile station (English full name: Mobile Station, English abbreviation: MS), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), Mobile phone, mobile device, portable device, etc., the user equipment can be connected to one or more core networks via a radio access network (English name: Radio Access Network, English abbreviation: RAN). Communication, for example, the user device may be a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone), a computer with wireless communication capabilities, etc., and the user device may also be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device.
本发明实施例中,网络设备可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(英文全称:Base Transceiver Station,英文缩写:BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(英文全称:evolved Node B,英文缩写:eNB或e-NodeB),本发明实施例并不限定。In the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may be a base station in GSM or CDMA (English full name: Base Transceiver Station, English abbreviation: BTS), or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station in LTE. (English full name: evolved Node B, English abbreviation: eNB or e-NodeB), the embodiment of the present invention is not limited.
本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法,参照图2所示,包括以下步骤:An embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method. Referring to FIG. 2, the method includes the following steps:
201、网络设备获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB(Physical Resource Block,物理资源块)数目。201. The network device acquires a number of PRBs (Physical Resource Blocks) occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
第一数据为网络设备发送给用户设备的数据。可选的,网络设备还可以获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB的位置。优选的,第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置是预先配置的,可以是网络设备确定的或用户设备确定的。The first data is data that the network device sends to the user equipment. Optionally, the network device may further acquire a location of the PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe. Preferably, the number and location of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe are pre-configured, and may be determined by the network device or determined by the user equipment.
202、网络设备根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS(Transport Block Size,传输块大小)或第二传输块大小TBS。202. The network device determines, according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first TBS (Transport Block Size) or a second transport block size TBS.
第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。The second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe.
203、网络设备根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码。203. The network device performs modulation coding on the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first TBS or the second TBS.
第一子帧和第二子帧是相邻的子帧。可选的,参照图1所示,第一子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧,第一子帧的前一个子帧为非授权频谱上的第二子帧,即第二子帧可能是一个不完整的子帧,第一子帧是一个完整的子帧,需要说明的是,第二子帧可以是一个空子帧。The first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 1 , the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, and the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be An incomplete subframe, the first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
结合步骤202,网络设备确定第一TBS或第二TBS,并根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的数据和第二子帧承载的数据进行调制编码可以有三种实现方式,当然,此处只是举例说明,并不代表本发明局限于此。In combination with step 202, the network device determines the first TBS or the second TBS, and performs modulation and coding on the data carried by the first subframe and the data carried in the second subframe according to the first TBS or the second TBS. This is for illustrative purposes only and does not represent that the invention is limited thereto.
一、在第一种实现方式中,网络设备对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行统一调制编码。 In the first implementation manner, the network device performs unified modulation and coding on the first data carried in the first subframe and the first data carried in the second subframe.
具体可选的,网络设备根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的PRB数目S,其中,s为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。此时,a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,正交频分复用)符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。Specifically, the network device determines, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the number of PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, where s is The number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off, and a is a real number greater than 1. At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe or OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) Frequency division multiplexing) The number of symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
网络设备根据第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS,并根据第一TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据统一进行调制编码。Determining, by the network device, the first TBS according to the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, and the first data and the second data carried by the first subframe according to the first TBS The first data carried by the subframe is uniformly modulated and encoded.
优选的,网络设备可以通过查找表一确定第一TBS,通过ITBs(Index of Transport Block Size,传输块大小索引)与NPRB(Physical Resource Block Number,物理资源块数量)确定第一TBS。其中,ITBs与MCS(Modulation and Coding Scheme,调制与编码策略)级别相对应,NPRB对应第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的PRB数目。Preferably, the network device may determine the first TBS by using the lookup table 1, and determine the first TBS by using I TBs (Index of Transport Block Size) and N PRB (Physical Resource Block Number). The I TBs correspond to the MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) level, and the N PRB corresponds to the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
表一Table I
Figure PCTCN2015071006-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2015071006-appb-000001
例如,当MCS级别为1时,ITBs为1,如果计算得到NPRB为51, 则可以确定第一TBS为1864。For example, when the MCS level is 1, I TBs is 1, and if the calculated N PRB is 51, it can be determined that the first TBS is 1864.
或者,可选的,网络设备根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一TBS T,并根据第一TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据统一进行调制编码。其中,t为第一子帧的TBS,第一子帧的TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目对应的TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。此时,a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。Alternatively, optionally, the network device determines, according to the second formula T=F(t×a), the first TBS T, and the first data carried by the first subframe and the first carried by the second subframe according to the first TBS. The data is uniformly modulated and encoded. Wherein, t is the TBS of the first subframe, and the TBS of the first subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a real number greater than 1. At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
例如,参照表一所示,当计算得到第一子帧及第二子帧统一调度所对应的TBS为2152,此时,可以将NPRB为51时,与2152最接近的2280作为第一子帧及第二子帧统一调度所对应的TBS。For example, referring to Table 1, when the TBS corresponding to the unified scheduling of the first subframe and the second subframe is calculated to be 2152, at this time, when N PRB is 51, 2280 closest to 2152 is used as the first sub- The frame and the second subframe uniformly schedule the corresponding TBS.
二、第二种实现方式中,网络设备根据第二TBS分别对第一子帧承载的第一数据及第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码。此时,网络设备根据第一子帧的TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码;根据第二子帧的TBS对第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码。其中,第一子帧的TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目对应的TBS,第二子帧的TBS为第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目对应的TBS。In the second implementation manner, the network device modulates and encodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the second TBS. At this time, the network device modulates and encodes the first data carried by the first subframe according to the TBS of the first subframe; and modulates and encodes the first data carried by the second subframe according to the TBS of the second subframe. The TBS of the first subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the TBS of the second subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
具体可选的,网络设备根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目L,其中,l为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Specifically, the network device determines, according to the third formula, L=F(l×a), the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe. The number of PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
网络设备根据第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第二子帧的TBS。The network device determines the TBS of the second subframe according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
网络设备根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一子帧的TBS。The network device determines the TBS of the first subframe according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
或者,可选的,网络设备根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的TBS P,其中,p为第一子帧的TBS,第一子帧的TBS为第一子帧承 载的第一数据占用的PRB数目对应的TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Alternatively, optionally, the network device determines the TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is the TBS of the first subframe, and the TBS of the first subframe is the first sub-frame Frame bearing The TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data is loaded, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
此时,a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
当然,结合第一种实现方式,当通过第三公式或第四公式计算后,也可以通过查找表一的方式查找确定第一子帧的TBS和第二子帧的TBS,查找方式与的一种实现方式中描述的方式相同,此处不再赘述。Certainly, in combination with the first implementation manner, after being calculated by the third formula or the fourth formula, the TBS of the first subframe and the TBS of the second subframe may be searched by looking up the first one, and the search mode is one. The manners described in the implementation manner are the same, and are not described herein again.
三、第三种实现方式中,对于上述两种实现方式,网络设备都可以根据a将第一子帧的TBS与第二子帧的TBS建立第一列表,或In the third implementation manner, for the foregoing two implementation manners, the network device may establish a first list of the TBS of the first subframe and the TBS of the second subframe according to a, or
网络设备根据a将第一子帧的TBS与第一TBS建立第一列表,或The network device establishes a first list of the TBS of the first subframe and the first TBS according to a, or
网络设备根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目与第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目建立第一列表,或The network device establishes a first list according to a number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and a number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, or
网络设备根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目与第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的PRB数目建立第一列表。The network device establishes a first list according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
这样,网络设备就可以根据第一列表确定第一TBS或第二TBS。In this way, the network device can determine the first TBS or the second TBS according to the first list.
可选的,第一列表可以包含LTE(Long Term Evolution,长期演进)***中层1的TBS表格、层2的TBS表格、层3的TBS表格和层4的TBS表格中的至少一个,或者预设列表定义了PRB数量超出110时对应的TBS,或者预设列表中定义了TBS超出现有技术列表中的范围时对应的TBS,这样,保证了如果计算出的TBS超出了现有技术的列表,也能够在预设列表中查找到对应的第一TBS。Optionally, the first list may include at least one of a TBS table of Layer 1 in the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, a TBS table of Layer 2, a TBS table of Layer 3, and a TBS table of Layer 4, or preset The list defines the corresponding TBS when the number of PRBs exceeds 110, or the TBS corresponding to the range in which the TBS exceeds the range in the prior art list is defined in the preset list, thus ensuring that if the calculated TBS exceeds the list of the prior art, It is also possible to find the corresponding first TBS in the preset list.
此时a为(M1+M2)/M2或M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。 At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 or M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. M 2 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
可选的,网络设备还可以发送a。a为(M1+M2)/M2或M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,另外,M1及M2也可以是PRB数量或采样时间间隔数目;此处,M1和M2只要能够表示第一子帧及第二子帧中向用户设备发送的信息占用的物理资源量即可,当然,网络设备和用户设备也可以预定义生成比例因子的规则,网络设备和用户设备均按此规则生成比例因子,不需要网络设备发送。Optionally, the network device can also send a. a is (M 1 + M 2 ) / M 2 or M 1 / M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, M 2 The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols used to indicate the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe. In addition, M 1 and M 2 may also be the number of PRBs or the number of sampling intervals; here, M 1 and As long as the M 2 can represent the amount of physical resources occupied by the information sent to the user equipment in the first subframe and the second subframe, the network device and the user equipment may also predefine the rules for generating the scale factor, the network device and the user. Devices use this rule to generate scale factors that do not require network devices to send.
204、网络设备向用户设备发送第一子帧和第二子帧。204. The network device sends the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment.
第一子帧在第二子帧之后发送,第一子帧包括M个OFDM符号,第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。The first subframe is transmitted after the second subframe, the first subframe includes M OFDM symbols, and the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N.
可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第一子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
进一步可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Further optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第二子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
可选的,网络设备向用户设备发送第一子帧及第二子帧后,可以接收用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于指示用户设备是否正确接收第一子帧及第二子帧,这样,就用一条反馈信息指示了两个子帧的接收情况,优选的,该第一反馈信息可以是一条HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request,混合自动重传请求)信息。Optionally, after the network device sends the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment, the network device may receive the first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the first subframe. The two sub-frames are used to indicate the reception of the two sub-frames. Preferably, the first feedback information may be a HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) information.
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方法,网络设备获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS,根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第 一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码,并向用户设备发送第一子帧和第二子帧。解决了现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。The data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the network device acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the first TBS or the second TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, According to the first TBS or the second TBS pair The first data carried by the one subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded, and the first subframe and the second subframe are sent to the user equipment. The problem that the incomplete sub-frame cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art is solved.
结合上述图2对应的实施例,本发明另一实施例提供一种数据传输方法,对应上述图2对应的实施例的接收侧方法,参照图3所示,包括以下步骤:With reference to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 above, another embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, and the method for receiving the side corresponding to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, as shown in FIG. 3, includes the following steps:
301、用户设备接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧。301. The user equipment receives an adjacent first subframe and a second subframe that are sent by the network device.
第一子帧在第二子帧之后发送,第一子帧包括M个OFDM符号,第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。The first subframe is transmitted after the second subframe, the first subframe includes M OFDM symbols, and the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N.
302、用户设备获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目。302. The user equipment acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
第一数据为网络设备发送给用户设备的数据。可选的,用户设备设备还可以获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB的位置。优选的,第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置是预先配置的,可以是网络设备确定的或用户设备确定的。The first data is data that the network device sends to the user equipment. Optionally, the user equipment device may further acquire a location of the PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe. Preferably, the number and location of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe are pre-configured, and may be determined by the network device or determined by the user equipment.
303、用户设备根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS。303. The user equipment determines, according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, the first TBS or the second TBS.
第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。The second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe.
304、用户设备根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码。304. The user equipment demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first TBS or the second TBS.
第一子帧和第二子帧是相邻的子帧。可选的,参照图1所示,第一子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧,第一子帧的前一个子帧为非授权频谱上的第二子帧,即第二子帧可能是一个不完整的子帧,第一子帧是一个完整的子帧,需要说明的是,第二子帧可以是一个空子帧。The first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes. Optionally, as shown in FIG. 1 , the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, and the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be An incomplete subframe, the first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
结合步骤303,用户设备确定第一TBS或第二TBS,并根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的数据和第二子帧承载的数据进行解调可以有三种实现方式,对应上述步骤203中所描述的三种调制编码方式,当然,此处只是举例说明,并不代表本发明局限于此。In combination with step 303, the user equipment determines the first TBS or the second TBS, and demodulates the data carried by the first subframe and the data carried by the second subframe according to the first TBS or the second TBS. The three modulation and coding modes described in the above step 203 are of course only exemplified, and are not intended to limit the invention.
一、在第一种实现方式中,用户设备对第一子帧承载的第一数据 及第二子帧承载的第一数据统一进行解调。In the first implementation manner, the first data carried by the user equipment in the first subframe And demodulating the first data carried in the second subframe uniformly.
具体,可选的,用户设备根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的PRB数目S,其中,s为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;Specifically, the user equipment determines, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the number of PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, where For the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a real number greater than 1.
用户设备根据第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS,并根据第一TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据及第二子帧承载的第一数据统一进行解调。Determining, by the user equipment, the first TBS according to the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, and the first data and the second data carried by the first subframe according to the first TBS The first data carried by the subframe is uniformly demodulated.
或者,可选的,用户设备根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一TBS T,并根据第一TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据及第二子帧承载的第一数据统一进行解调。其中,t为第一子帧的TBS,第一子帧的TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目对应的TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Alternatively, the user equipment determines, according to the second formula T=F(t×a), the first TBS T, and the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first TBS. The data is uniformly demodulated. Wherein, t is the TBS of the first subframe, and the TBS of the first subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a real number greater than 1.
此时,a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
二、在第二种实现方式中,用户设备根据第二TBS分别对第一子帧承载的第一数据及第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码。此时,用户设备根据第一子帧的TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码;根据第二子帧的TBS对第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码。其中,第一子帧的TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目对应的TBS,第二子帧的TBS为第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目对应的TBS。In the second implementation manner, the user equipment demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the second TBS. At this time, the user equipment demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe according to the TBS of the first subframe; and demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the second subframe according to the TBS of the second subframe. The TBS of the first subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the TBS of the second subframe is the TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
具体可选的,用户设备根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目L,其中,l为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;Specifically, the user equipment determines, according to the third formula, L=F(1×a), the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe. The number of PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
用户设备根据第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第 二子帧的TBS;The user equipment determines the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe. TBS of two subframes;
用户设备根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一子帧的TBS。The user equipment determines the TBS of the first subframe according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
用户设备根据第一子帧的TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码;根据第二子帧的TBS对第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码Decoding and decoding the first data carried by the first subframe according to the TBS of the first subframe; demodulating and decoding the first data carried by the second subframe according to the TBS of the second subframe
或者,可选的,用户设备根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的TBS P,其中,p为第一子帧的TBS,第一子帧的TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目对应的TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Alternatively, optionally, the user equipment determines the TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is the TBS of the first subframe, and the TBS of the first subframe is the first sub-frame The TBS corresponding to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the frame, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
用户设备根据第一子帧的TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码;根据第二子帧的TBS对第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码。The user equipment demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe according to the TBS of the first subframe; and demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the second subframe according to the TBS of the second subframe.
此时,a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
三、第三种实现方式中,对于上述两种实现方式,用户设备都可以根据a将第一子帧的TBS与第二子帧的TBS建立第一列表,或In the third implementation manner, for the foregoing two implementation manners, the user equipment may establish a first list of the TBS of the first subframe and the TBS of the second subframe according to a, or
用户设备根据a将第一子帧的TBS与第一TBS建立第一列表,或The user equipment establishes a first list of the TBS of the first subframe and the first TBS according to a, or
用户设备根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目与第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目建立第一列表,或The user equipment establishes a first list according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to a, or
用户设备根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目与第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的PRB数目建立第一列表。The user equipment establishes a first list according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
这样,用户设备就可以根据第一列表确定第一TBS或第二TBS。In this way, the user equipment can determine the first TBS or the second TBS according to the first list.
可选的,第一列表可以包含LTE(Long Term Evolution,长期演进)***中层1的TBS表格、层2的TBS表格、层3的TBS表格和 层4的TBS表格中的至少一个,或者预设列表定义了PRB数量超出110时对应的TBS,或者预设列表中定义了TBS超出现有技术列表中的范围时对应的TBS,这样,保证了如果计算出的TBS超出了现有技术的列表,也能够在预设列表中查找到对应的第一TBS。Optionally, the first list may include a TBS table of layer 1 in the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, a TBS table of layer 2, a TBS table of layer 3, and At least one of the TBS tables of the layer 4, or the preset list defines a TBS corresponding to when the number of PRBs exceeds 110, or a TBS corresponding to a range in which the TBS exceeds the range in the prior art list is defined in the preset list, thus ensuring If the calculated TBS is beyond the list of the prior art, the corresponding first TBS can also be found in the preset list.
此时a为(M1+M2)/M2或M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 or M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. M 2 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
可选的,用户设备可以接收网络设备发送的a。a为(M1+M2)/M2或M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,另外,M1及M2也可以是PRB数量或采样时间间隔数目;此处,M1和M2只要能够表示第一子帧及第二子帧中向用户设备发送的信息占用的物理资源量即可,当然,网络设备和用户设备也可以预定义生成比例因子的规则,网络设备和用户设备均按此规则生成比例因子,不需要网络设备发送。Optionally, the user equipment can receive a sent by the network device. a is (M 1 + M 2 ) / M 2 or M 1 / M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, M 2 The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols used to indicate the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe. In addition, M 1 and M 2 may also be the number of PRBs or the number of sampling intervals; here, M 1 and As long as the M 2 can represent the amount of physical resources occupied by the information sent to the user equipment in the first subframe and the second subframe, the network device and the user equipment may also predefine the rules for generating the scale factor, the network device and the user. Devices use this rule to generate scale factors that do not require network devices to send.
可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第一子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
进一步可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Further optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第二子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
可选的,用户设备接收网络设备发送的第一子帧及第二子帧后,可以向网络设备发送第一反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于指示用户设备 是否正确接收第一子帧及第二子帧,这样,就用一条反馈信息指示了两个子帧的接收情况,优选的,该第一反馈信息可以是一条HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request,混合自动重传请求)信息。Optionally, after receiving the first subframe and the second subframe sent by the network device, the user equipment may send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate the user equipment. Whether the first subframe and the second subframe are correctly received, so that a feedback information is used to indicate the reception of the two subframes. Preferably, the first feedback information may be a HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request). Pass the request) information.
本发明实施例提供的数据传输方法,用户设备接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS,根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码,解决了现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。According to the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment receives the adjacent first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, and acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, according to the first subframe. And determining, by the first TBS or the second TBS, the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded according to the first TBS or the second TBS. The invention solves the problem that the incomplete subframe cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art.
基于上述图2对应的实施例,本发明实施例提供一种网络设备,用于执行上述图2对应的实施例所描述的数据传输方法,参照图4所示,该网络设备40包括获取单元401、调制编码单元402和发送单元403。Based on the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2, the embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, which is used to perform the data transmission method described in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 2. Referring to FIG. 4, the network device 40 includes an obtaining unit 401. The modulation coding unit 402 and the transmission unit 403.
其中,获取单元401,用于获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,第一数据为网络设备发送给用户设备的数据。The obtaining unit 401 is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment.
调制编码单元402,用于根据获取单元401获取的第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。根据第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码,第一子帧和第二子帧是相邻的子帧。The modulation coding unit 402 is configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit 401, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, and a second transport block size TBS The transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the transport block size TBS of the second subframe are included. And modulating and encoding the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, where the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent Subframe.
发送单元403,用于向用户设备发送第一子帧和第二子帧,第一子帧在第二子帧之后发送,第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。The sending unit 403 is configured to send, to the user equipment, the first subframe and the second subframe, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, and second The subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ≥ N.
可选的,第一子帧和第二子帧是相邻的子帧。可选的,第一子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧,第一子帧的前一个子帧为非授权频谱上的第二子帧,即第二子帧可能是一个不完整的子帧,第一子帧是一个完整的子帧,需要说明的是,第二子帧可以是一个空子帧。Optionally, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes. Optionally, the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, and the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be an incomplete subframe. The first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
可选的,在第一种应用场景中, Optionally, in the first application scenario,
调制编码单元402,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The modulation and coding unit 402 is configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the number S of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe. Where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off, and a is a real number greater than 1. Determining the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB commonly occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
或者,可选的,调制编码单元402,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Alternatively, the modulation and coding unit 402 is specifically configured to determine the first transport block size TBS T according to the second formula T=F(t×a), where t is the transport block size TBS of the first subframe, The transport block size TBS of one subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a is a real number greater than one.
此时,a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
可选的,在第二种应用场景中,Optionally, in the second application scenario,
调制编码单元402,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。根据第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The modulation coding unit 402 is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(l×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by a data, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1. The transport block size TBS of the second subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe. The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
或者,可选的,调制编码单元402,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Alternatively, the modulation and coding unit 402 is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size of the first subframe. The TBS, the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
此时,a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和 /或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
可选的,发送单元403,还用于向用户设备发送a。Optionally, the sending unit 403 is further configured to send a to the user equipment.
可选的,调制编码单元402,具体用于根据a将第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Optionally, the modulation and coding unit 402 is configured to establish, according to a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
根据a将第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to a, or
根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list according to a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, or
根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表。And establishing, according to a, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe List.
并根据第一列表确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS。And determining the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
可选的,可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Optionally, optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第一子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
进一步可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Further optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第二子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
可选的,网络设备40还包括接收单元404,用于接收用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于指示用户设备是否正确接收第一子帧及第二子帧。 Optionally, the network device 40 further includes a receiving unit 404, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
本发明实施例提供的网络设备,获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS,根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码,并向用户设备发送第一子帧和第二子帧。解决了现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。The network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the first TBS or the second TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, according to the first The TBS or the second TBS modulates and encodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, and sends the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment. The problem that the incomplete sub-frame cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art is solved.
基于上述图3对应的实施例,本发明实施例提供一种用户设备,用于执行上述图3对应的实施例所描述的数据传输方法,参照图5所示,该用户设备50包括接收单元501、获取单元502和解调单元403。Based on the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, which is used to perform the data transmission method described in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 3. Referring to FIG. 5, the user equipment 50 includes a receiving unit 501. The acquisition unit 502 and the demodulation unit 403.
其中,接收单元501,用于接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,第一子帧在第二子帧之后发送,第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。The receiving unit 501 is configured to receive the first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency divisions. With OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ≥ N.
获取单元502,用于获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,第一数据为网络设备发送给用户设备的数据。The obtaining unit 502 is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment.
解调单元503,用于根据获取单元502获取的第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。根据第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码。The demodulation unit 503 is configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit 502, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, and a second transport block size TBS The transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the transport block size TBS of the second subframe are included. And demodulating and decoding the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS.
可选的,第一子帧和第二子帧是相邻的子帧。可选的,第一子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧,第一子帧的前一个子帧为非授权频谱上的第二子帧,即第二子帧可能是一个不完整的子帧,第一子帧是一个完整的子帧,需要说明的是,第二子帧可以是一个空子帧。Optionally, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes. Optionally, the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, and the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be an incomplete subframe. The first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
可选的,在第一种应用场景中,Optionally, in the first application scenario,
解调单元503,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块 PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The demodulation unit 503 is configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the number S of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe. Where s is a physical resource block occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe The number of PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off, a is a real number greater than 1. Determining the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB commonly occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
或者,可选的,解调单元503,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Alternatively, the demodulation unit 503 is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to the second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, The transport block size TBS of one subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a is a real number greater than one.
此时,a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
可选的,在第二种应用场景中,Optionally, in the second application scenario,
解调单元503,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。根据第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The demodulation unit 503 is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(l×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by a data, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1. The transport block size TBS of the second subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe. The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
或者,可选的,解调单元503,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Alternatively, the demodulation unit 503 is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size of the first subframe. The TBS, the transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
此时,a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。 At this time, a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
可选的,接收单元501,还用于接收网络设备发送的a。Optionally, the receiving unit 501 is further configured to receive a sent by the network device.
可选的,解调单元503,具体用于根据a将第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Optionally, the demodulation unit 503 is configured to establish, according to a, a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
根据a将第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to a, or
根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list according to a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, or
根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表。And establishing, according to a, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe List.
根据第一列表确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS。The first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS is determined according to the first list.
可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第一子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
进一步可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Further optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第二子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
可选的,用户设备50还包括发送单元504,用于向网络设备发送第一反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于指示用户设备是否正确接收第一子帧及第二子帧。Optionally, the user equipment 50 further includes a sending unit 504, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
本发明实施例提供的用户设备,该用户设备接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS,根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一 数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码,解决了现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。The user equipment provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment receives the first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, and acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, according to the first subframe. The number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first TBS or the second TBS is determined according to the first TBS or the second TBS. The data and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded, which solves the problem that the incomplete subframe cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art.
基于上述图2对应的实施例,本发明另一实施例提供一种网络设备60,用于执行上述图2对应的实施例所描述的数据传输方法,参照图6所示,该网络设备60包括:至少一个处理器601、存储器602、总线603和发送器604,该至少一个处理器601、存储器602和发送器604通过总线603连接并完成相互间的通信。Based on the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2 above, another embodiment of the present invention provides a network device 60, which is used to perform the data transmission method described in the foregoing embodiment corresponding to FIG. 2. Referring to FIG. 6, the network device 60 includes At least one processor 601, memory 602, bus 603, and transmitter 604, the at least one processor 601, memory 602, and transmitter 604 are connected by bus 603 and complete communication with each other.
该总线603可以是ISA(Industry Standard Architecture,工业标准体系结构)总线、PCI(Peripheral Component,外部设备互连)总线或EISA(Extended Industry Standard Architecture,扩展工业标准体系结构)总线等。该总线603可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图6中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。其中:The bus 603 may be an ISA (Industry Standard Architecture) bus, a PCI (Peripheral Component) bus, or an EISA (Extended Industry Standard Architecture) bus. The bus 603 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 6, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. among them:
存储器602用于执行本发明方案的应用程序代码,执行本发明方案的应用程序代码保存在存储器中,并由处理器601来控制执行。The memory 602 is used to execute the application code of the inventive scheme, and the application code for executing the inventive scheme is stored in a memory and controlled by the processor 601 for execution.
该存储器可以是只读存储器ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器EEPROM、只读光盘CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。这些存储器通过总线与处理器相连接。The memory can be a read only memory ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory RAM or other type of dynamic storage device that can store information and instructions, or can be electrically erasable or programmable. Read-only memory EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used for Any other medium that carries or stores the desired program code in the form of an instruction or data structure and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. These memories are connected to the processor via a bus.
处理器601可能是一个中央处理器601(Central Processing Unit,简称为CPU),或者是特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,简称为ASIC),或者是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。The processor 601 may be a central processing unit (CPU), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention. Integrated circuits.
处理器601,用于调用存储器602中的程序代码,在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述应用程序被所述处理器601执行时,实现如下功 能。The processor 601 is configured to call the program code in the memory 602. In a possible implementation manner, when the application is executed by the processor 601, the following work is implemented. can.
其中,处理器601,用于获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,第一数据为网络设备发送给用户设备的数据。The processor 601 is configured to obtain the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment.
根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。根据第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码,第一子帧和第二子帧是相邻的子帧。Determining, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, where the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS and a first subframe The transport block size TBS of the two subframes. And modulating and encoding the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, where the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent Subframe.
发送器604,用于向用户设备发送第一子帧和第二子帧,第一子帧在第二子帧之后发送,第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。The transmitter 604 is configured to send the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, and second The subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ≥ N.
可选的,第一子帧和第二子帧是相邻的子帧。可选的,第一子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧,第一子帧的前一个子帧为非授权频谱上的第二子帧,即第二子帧可能是一个不完整的子帧,第一子帧是一个完整的子帧,需要说明的是,第二子帧可以是一个空子帧。Optionally, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes. Optionally, the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, and the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be an incomplete subframe. The first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
可选的,在第一种应用场景中,Optionally, in the first application scenario,
处理器601,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The processor 601 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the number S of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a real number greater than 1. Determining the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB commonly occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
或者,可选的,处理器601,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Alternatively, the processor 601 is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to the second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, first The transport block size TBS of the subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a Is a real number greater than 1.
此时,a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一 数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
可选的,在第二种应用场景中,Optionally, in the second application scenario,
处理器601,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。根据第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The processor 601 is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(l×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first carried by the first subframe. The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the data. The function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1. The transport block size TBS of the second subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe. The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
或者,可选的,处理器601,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Alternatively, the processor 601 is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe. The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a positive real number not greater than one.
此时,a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
发送器604,还用于向用户设备发送a。The transmitter 604 is further configured to send a to the user equipment.
可选的,处理器601,具体用于根据a将第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Optionally, the processor 601 is configured to establish, according to a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
根据a将第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to a, or
根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list according to a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, or
根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目 与第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表。The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to a The first list is established by the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
并根据第一列表确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS。And determining the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第一子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
进一步可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Further optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第二子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
可选的,网络设备60还包括接收器605,用于接收用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于指示用户设备是否正确接收第一子帧及第二子帧。Optionally, the network device 60 further includes a receiver 605, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
本发明实施例提供的网络设备,获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS,根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码,并向用户设备发送第一子帧和第二子帧。解决了现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。The network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the first TBS or the second TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, according to the first The TBS or the second TBS modulates and encodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, and sends the first subframe and the second subframe to the user equipment. The problem that the incomplete sub-frame cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art is solved.
基于上述图3对应的实施例,本发明另一实施例提供一种用户设备70,用于执行上述图3对应的实施例所描述的数据传输方法,参照图7所示,该用户设备70包括:至少一个处理器701、存储器702、总线703和接收器704,该至少一个处理器701、存储器702和接收器704通过总线703连接并完成相互间的通信。Based on the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3, another embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment 70 for performing the data transmission method described in the foregoing embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3. Referring to FIG. 7, the user equipment 70 includes At least one processor 701, memory 702, bus 703, and receiver 704, the at least one processor 701, memory 702, and receiver 704 are connected by bus 703 and complete communication with each other.
该总线703可以是ISA(Industry Standard Architecture,工业标 准体系结构)总线、PCI(Peripheral Component,外部设备互连)总线或EISA(Extended Industry Standard Architecture,扩展工业标准体系结构)总线等。该总线703可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图7中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。其中:The bus 703 can be an ISA (Industry Standard Architecture) Quasi-architecture) bus, PCI (Peripheral Component) bus or EISA (Extended Industry Standard Architecture) bus. The bus 703 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like. For ease of representation, only one thick line is shown in Figure 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. among them:
存储器702用于执行本发明方案的应用程序代码,执行本发明方案的应用程序代码保存在存储器中,并由处理器701来控制执行。The memory 702 is for executing application code of the inventive scheme, and the application code for executing the inventive scheme is stored in a memory and controlled by the processor 701 for execution.
该存储器可以是只读存储器ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器EEPROM、只读光盘CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。这些存储器通过总线与处理器相连接。The memory can be a read only memory ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory RAM or other type of dynamic storage device that can store information and instructions, or can be electrically erasable or programmable. Read-only memory EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used for Any other medium that carries or stores the desired program code in the form of an instruction or data structure and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. These memories are connected to the processor via a bus.
处理器701可能是一个中央处理器701(Central Processing Unit,简称为CPU),或者是特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,简称为ASIC),或者是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。The processor 701 may be a central processing unit (CPU), or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention. Integrated circuits.
处理器701,用于调用存储器702中的程序代码,在一种可能的实施方式中,当上述应用程序被所述处理器701执行时,实现如下功能。The processor 701 is configured to invoke program code in the memory 702. In a possible implementation manner, when the application program is executed by the processor 701, the following functions are implemented.
其中,接收器704,用于接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,第一子帧在第二子帧之后发送,第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。The receiver 704 is configured to receive the first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency divisions. With OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ≥ N.
处理器701,用于获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,第一数据为网络设备发送给用户设备的数据。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块 大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。根据第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码。The processor 701 is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment. Determining the first transport block according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe. And demodulating and decoding the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS.
可选的,第一子帧和第二子帧是相邻的子帧。可选的,第一子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧,第一子帧的前一个子帧为非授权频谱上的第二子帧,即第二子帧可能是一个不完整的子帧,第一子帧是一个完整的子帧,需要说明的是,第二子帧可以是一个空子帧。Optionally, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes. Optionally, the first subframe is a subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, and the previous subframe of the first subframe is the second subframe on the unlicensed spectrum, that is, the second subframe may be an incomplete subframe. The first subframe is a complete subframe. It should be noted that the second subframe may be an empty subframe.
可选的,在第一种应用场景中,Optionally, in the first application scenario,
处理器701,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The processor 701 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the number S of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a real number greater than 1. Determining the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB commonly occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
或者,可选的,处理器701,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Alternatively, the processor 701 is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to the second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, first The transport block size TBS of the subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a Is a real number greater than 1.
此时,a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
可选的,在第二种应用场景中,Optionally, in the second application scenario,
处理器701,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。根据第二子帧承载的 第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS。根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The processor 701 is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(l×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first carried by the first subframe. The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the data. The function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1. According to the second subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data determines the transport block size TBS of the second subframe. The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
或者,可选的,处理器701,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Alternatively, the processor 701 is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe. The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a positive real number not greater than one.
此时,a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据和/或控制信息占用的PRB数目或OFDM符号数目。At this time, a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of PRBs or OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe, and M 2 is used to indicate the first subframe bearer. The number of PRBs or the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information.
可选的,接收器704,还用于接收网络设备发送的a。Optionally, the receiver 704 is further configured to receive a sent by the network device.
处理器701,具体用于根据a将第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The processor 701 is specifically configured to establish a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to a, or
根据a将第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to a, or
根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list according to a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, or
根据a将第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表。And establishing, according to a, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe List.
根据第一列表确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS。The first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS is determined according to the first list.
可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the first subframe.
第一子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第一子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。 The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the location.
进一步可选的,第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数。Further optionally, the downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation coding parameter used to indicate the first data carried by the second subframe.
第二子帧承载的第一数据的调制编码参数包括第二子帧承载的第一数据的MCS级别、第二子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include the MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the number and location of the PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe.
可选的,用户设备70还包括发送器705,用于向网络设备发送第一反馈信息,第一反馈信息用于指示用户设备是否正确接收第一子帧及第二子帧。Optionally, the user equipment 70 further includes a transmitter 705, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
本发明实施例提供的用户设备,该用户设备接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS,根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行解调解码,解决了现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。The user equipment provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment receives the first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, and acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, according to the first subframe. And determining, by the first TBS or the second TBS, the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded according to the first TBS or the second TBS. The invention solves the problem that the incomplete subframe cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art.
基于上述图4-图7对应的实施例,本发明实施例提供一种无线网络***,用于执行上述图2和图3对应的实施例所描述的数据传输方法,参照图8所示,该无线网络***80包括网络设备801和用户设备802。The embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless network system for performing the data transmission method described in the foregoing embodiments corresponding to FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, which is shown in FIG. Wireless network system 80 includes network device 801 and user equipment 802.
其中,网络设备801为图4对应的实施例所描述的网络设备,用户设备802为图5对应的实施例所描述的用户设备。The network device 801 is the network device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4, and the user device 802 is the user device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5.
或者,网络设备801为图6对应的实施例所描述的网络设备,用户设备802为图7对应的实施例所描述的用户设备。Alternatively, the network device 801 is the network device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6, and the user device 802 is the user device described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7.
本发明实施例提供的无线网络***,网络设备获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目,根据第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一TBS或第二TBS,根据第一TBS或第二TBS对第一子帧承载的第一数据和第二子帧承载的第一数据进行调制编码,并向用户设备发送第一子帧和第二子帧。解决了现有技术中无法对不完整的子帧进行调制编码进行数据传输的问题。In the wireless network system provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the network device acquires the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and determines the first TBS or the second TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe. The first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded according to the first TBS or the second TBS, and the first subframe and the second subframe are sent to the user equipment. The problem that the incomplete sub-frame cannot be modulated and encoded for data transmission in the prior art is solved.
此外,还提供一种计算可读媒体(或介质),包括在被执行时进 行以下操作的计算机可读指令:执行上述实施例中的方法的201至204或301至304的操作。In addition, a computing readable medium (or medium) is provided, including when executed Computer readable instructions for performing the operations of 201 to 204 or 301 to 304 of the method in the above embodiment.
另外,还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括上述计算机可读介质。Additionally, a computer program product is provided, including the computer readable medium described above.
需要说明的是:全文中提及的信令包括但不限于:指示,信息,信号或消息等,此处不做限定。It should be noted that the signaling mentioned in the text includes, but is not limited to, an indication, an information, a signal, or a message, and is not limited herein.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the term "and/or" herein is merely an association relationship describing an associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本发明的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present invention, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的***、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。 In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like. .
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本发明可以用硬件实现,或固件实现,或它们的组合方式来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以将上述功能存储在计算机可读介质中或作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质,其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。以此为例但不限于:计算机可读介质可以包括RAM(Random Access Memory,随机存储器)、ROM(Read Only Memory,只读内存)、EEPROM(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory,电可擦可编程只读存储器)、CD-ROM(Compact Disc Read Only Memory,即只读光盘)或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结 构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质。此外。任何连接可以适当的成为计算机可读介质。例如,如果软件是使用同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、DSL(Digital Subscriber Line,数字用户专线)或者诸如红外线、无线电和微波之类的无线技术从网站、服务器或者其他远程源传输的,那么同轴电缆、光纤光缆、双绞线、DSL或者诸如红外线、无线和微波之类的无线技术包括在所属介质的定影中。如本发明所使用的,盘和碟包括CD(Compact Disc,压缩光碟)、激光碟、光碟、DVD碟(Digital Vers atile Disc,数字通用光)、软盘和蓝光光碟,其中盘通常磁性的复制数据,而碟则用激光来光学的复制数据。上面的组合也应当包括在计算机可读介质的保护范围之内。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present invention can be implemented in hardware, firmware implementation, or a combination thereof. When implemented in software, the functions described above may be stored in or transmitted as one or more instructions or code on a computer readable medium. Computer readable media includes both computer storage media and communication media including any medium that facilitates transfer of a computer program from one location to another. A storage medium may be any available media that can be accessed by a computer. For example, but not limited to, the computer readable medium may include a RAM (Random Access Memory), a ROM (Read Only Memory), and an EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). Read memory), CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read Only Memory) or other optical disc storage, disk storage media or other magnetic storage device, or can be used to carry or store instructions or data nodes The desired program code in the form of a form and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer. Also. Any connection may suitably be a computer readable medium. For example, if the software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL (Digital Subscriber Line), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwave, Then coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, DSL or wireless technologies such as infrared, wireless and microwave are included in the fixing of the associated medium. As used in the present invention, the disc and the disc include a CD (Compact Disc), a laser disc, a compact disc, a DVD disc (Digital Vers atile Disc), a floppy disk, and a Blu-ray disc, wherein the disc is usually magnetically replicated. The disc uses a laser to optically replicate the data. Combinations of the above should also be included within the scope of the computer readable media.
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (56)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,A data transmission method, characterized in that
    网络设备获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给用户设备的数据;Obtaining, by the network device, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;Determining, by the network device, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS according to the number of PRBs occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the second transport block size TBS includes a first subframe Transport block size TBS and transport block size TBS of the second subframe;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行调制编码,所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧是相邻的子帧;The network device modulates the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS Encoding, the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
    所述网络设备向用户设备发送所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。Transmitting, by the network device, the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequencies The OFDM symbols are divided and multiplexed, and the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M ≥ N.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, by the network device, the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe comprises:
    所述网络设备根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;Determining, by the network device, the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first formula S=F(s×a) S, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is greater than 1. Real number
    所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The determining, by the network device, the first transport block size TBS according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确 定第一传输块大小TBS,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the network device determines according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The first transport block size TBS is determined, including:
    所述网络设备根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBST,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Determining, by the network device, a first transport block size TBST according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and a transport block size of the first subframe The TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is greater than The real number of 1.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,Method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that
    所述a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of multiplexed OFDM symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二传输块大小TBS,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, by the network device, the second transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe comprises:
    所述网络设备根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;Determining, by the network device, the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the third formula L=F(l×a), where l is the location carried by the first subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
    所述网络设备根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;Determining, by the network device, a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The network device determines a transport block size TBS of the first subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二传输块大小TBS,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, by the network device, the second transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe comprises:
    所述网络设备根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二传输块大小TBSP,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源 块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The network device determines a second transport block size TBSP according to a fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and a transport block size of the first subframe The TBS is a physical resource occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe. The transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of block PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,Method according to claim 5 or 6, characterized in that
    所述a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 1-7, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向用户设备发送所述a。The network device sends the a to the user equipment.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the network device determines the first transport block size according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe TBS or second transport block size TBS, including:
    所述网络设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The network device establishes a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the a, or
    所述网络设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The network device establishes a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
    所述网络设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the a Create a first list, or
    所述网络设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the network device, according to the a, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first data and the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。The network device determines the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,Method according to any of claims 1-9, characterized in that
    所述第二子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧。 The second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
  11. 根据权利要求1-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein
    所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe;
    所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 11 wherein
    所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
    所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the second subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
  13. 根据权利要求1-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备接收所述用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The network device receives the first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  14. 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, comprising:
    用户设备接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N;Receiving, by the user equipment, the adjacent first subframe and the second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency divisions With OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N;
    所述用户设备获取所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给所述用户设备的数据;Obtaining, by the user equipment, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
    所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS; Determining, by the user equipment, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of one subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe;
    所述用户设备根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行解调解码。Decoding, according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS, the first data and the first data carried by the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe Adjust the decoding.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the determining, by the user equipment, the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe includes:
    所述用户设备根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;Determining, by the user equipment, the number of physical resource blocks PRBs shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe according to the first formula S=F(s×a) S, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is greater than 1. Real number
    所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The user equipment determines the first transport block size TBS according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  16. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the determining, by the user equipment, the first transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe includes:
    所述用户设备根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBST,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。Determining, by the user equipment, a first transport block size TBST according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and a transport block size of the first subframe The TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is greater than The real number of 1.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein
    所述a为(M1+M2)/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is (M 1 +M 2 )/M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of multiplexed OFDM symbols, M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户设备 根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二传输块大小TBS,包括:The method of claim 14 wherein said user equipment Determining, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a second transport block size TBS, including:
    所述用户设备根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;Determining, by the user equipment, the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the third formula L=F(1×a), where l is the location carried by the first subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
    所述用户设备根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;Determining, by the user equipment, a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe;
    所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The user equipment determines a transport block size TBS of the first subframe according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe.
  19. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第二传输块大小TBS,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the determining, by the user equipment, the second transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe includes:
    所述用户设备根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。Determining, by the user equipment, a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to a fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, the first subframe The transport block size TBS is a transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. , a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,Method according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that
    所述a为M1/M2,其中M1用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目,M2用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和/或控制信息占用的物理资源块PRB数目或正交频分复用OFDM符号数目。The a is M 1 /M 2 , where M 1 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the second subframe. The number of M 2 is used to indicate the number of physical resource blocks PRB or the number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols occupied by the first data and/or control information carried by the first subframe.
  21. 根据权利要求14-20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户设备接收所述网络设备发送的所述a;The user equipment receives the a sent by the network device;
    所述用户设备根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS, 包括:Determining, by the user equipment, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, include:
    所述用户设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The user equipment establishes a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe according to the a, or
    所述用户设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The user equipment establishes a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
    所述用户设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe according to the a Create a first list, or
    所述用户设备根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the user equipment, according to the a, the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first data and the second subframe that are carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
    所述用户设备根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。The user equipment determines the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
  22. 根据权利要求14-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 14 to 21, wherein
    所述第二子帧为非授权频谱上的子帧。The second subframe is a subframe on an unlicensed spectrum.
  23. 根据权利要求14-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 14-22, wherein
    所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI包括用于指示所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数,The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the first subframe,
    所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the first subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the first subframe, and the first subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 23 wherein:
    所述第一子帧的下行控制信息DCI还包括用于指示所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数;The downlink control information DCI of the first subframe further includes a modulation and coding parameter for indicating the first data carried by the second subframe;
    所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制编码参数包括所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据的调制与编码策略MCS级别、所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目和位置。The modulation and coding parameters of the first data carried by the second subframe include a modulation and coding policy MCS level of the first data carried by the second subframe, and the second subframe The number and location of physical resource block PRBs occupied by a data.
  25. 根据权利要求14-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包 括:A method according to any one of claims 14 to 24, further comprising include:
    所述用户设备向所述网络设备发送第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The user equipment sends the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second subframe.
  26. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, comprising:
    获取单元,用于获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给用户设备的数据;An acquiring unit, configured to acquire a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
    调制编码单元,用于根据所述获取单元获取的所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行调制编码,所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧是相邻的子帧;a modulation coding unit, configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, The second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS The first data carried by the subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are modulated and encoded, and the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
    发送单元,用于向用户设备发送所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。a sending unit, configured to send the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal Frequency division multiplexed OFDM symbols, the second subframe comprising N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 26, wherein
    所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The modulation and coding unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are jointly occupied by the first data. a physical resource block PRB number S, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. a is a real number greater than 1; the first transport block size TBS is determined according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 26, wherein
    所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述 第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。The modulation coding unit is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down. Or rounded off, a is a real number greater than 1.
  29. 根据权利要求26所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 26, wherein
    所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The modulation coding unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(1×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the subframe, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1; according to the second sub The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the frame determines a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, and is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The transport block size TBS of the first subframe.
  30. 根据权利要求26所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 26, wherein
    所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The modulation coding unit is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, where The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or down. Whole or rounded to round, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  31. 根据权利要求26-30任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any one of claims 26-30, wherein
    所述发送单元,还用于向用户设备发送所述a。The sending unit is further configured to send the a to the user equipment.
  32. 根据权利要求26-31任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any of claims 26-31, characterized in that
    所述调制编码单元,具体用于根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The modulation and coding unit is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或And establishing, according to the a, a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe ,or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资 源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;Physical resources occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a Establishing a first list by the number of the source block PRBs and the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are shared by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe;
    并根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。And determining, according to the first list, the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS.
  33. 根据权利要求26-32任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any of claims 26-32, wherein
    所述网络设备还包括接收单元,用于接收所述用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The network device further includes a receiving unit, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second Subframe.
  34. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment, comprising:
    接收单元,用于接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N;a receiving unit, configured to receive a first subframe and a second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal Frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N;
    获取单元,用于获取所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给所述用户设备的数据;An acquiring unit, configured to acquire a number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
    解调单元,用于根据所述获取单元获取的所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行解调解码。a demodulation unit, configured to determine, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe acquired by the acquiring unit, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, The second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS The first data carried by the subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are demodulated and decoded.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 34, wherein
    所述解调单元,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数 目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The demodulation unit is configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe are jointly occupied by the first data. a physical resource block PRB number S, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. a is a real number greater than 1; the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe The first transport block size TBS is determined.
  36. 根据权利要求34所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 34, wherein
    所述解调单元,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。The demodulation unit is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, the first The transport block size TBS of the subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Rounded up, a is a real number greater than 1.
  37. 根据权利要求34所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 34, wherein
    所述解调单元,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The demodulation unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(l×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the subframe, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1; according to the second sub The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the frame determines a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, and is determined according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The transport block size TBS of the first subframe.
  38. 根据权利要求34所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 34, wherein
    所述解调单元,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The demodulation unit is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, where The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or down. Whole or rounded to round, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  39. 根据权利要求34-38任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any of claims 34-38, characterized in that
    所述接收单元,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的所述a;The receiving unit is further configured to receive the a sent by the network device;
    所述解调单元,具体用于根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The demodulation unit is configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资 源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或Physical resources occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a Establishing a first list by the number of source block PRBs and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
    根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。Determining the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
  40. 根据权利要求34-39任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any of claims 34-39, wherein
    所述用户设备还包括发送单元,用于向所述网络设备发送第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The user equipment further includes a sending unit, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second sub frame.
  41. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、总线及发送器,所述处理器、所述存储器及所述发送器通过所述总线相互连接;A network device, comprising: a processor, a memory, a bus, and a transmitter, wherein the processor, the memory, and the transmitter are connected to each other through the bus;
    其中,所述处理器,用于获取第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给用户设备的数据;The processor is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment;
    根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行调制编码,所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧是相邻的子帧;Determining, according to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, where the second transport block size TBS includes a first subframe a transport block size TBS and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; the first data and the second data carried by the first subframe according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS The first data carried by the subframe is modulated and encoded, and the first subframe and the second subframe are adjacent subframes;
    所述发送器,用于向用户设备发送所述第一子帧和所述第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N。The transmitter is configured to send the first subframe and the second subframe to a user equipment, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, and the first subframe includes M Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, the second subframe comprising N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 41, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧 承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The processor is specifically configured to determine the first subframe according to the first formula S=F(s×a) The number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are occupied by the first data carried by the first data and the first data carried by the second subframe, where s is the physical resource occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe The number of the block PRBs, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off, a is a real number greater than 1, according to the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe The number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data determines a first transport block size TBS.
  43. 根据权利要求41所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 41, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。The processor is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and the first sub The transport block size TBS of the frame is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a real number greater than one.
  44. 根据权利要求41所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 41, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(1×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first sub- The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the frame, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1; according to the second subframe Determining, by the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, and the number of the physical resource blocks The transport block size TBS of the first subframe.
  45. 根据权利要求41所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 41, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The processor is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down. Or rounded off, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  46. 根据权利要求41-45任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any of claims 41-45, characterized in that
    所述发送器,还用于向用户设备发送所述a。The transmitter is further configured to send the a to the user equipment.
  47. 根据权利要求41-46任一项所述的设备,其特征在于, Apparatus according to any of claims 41-46, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The processor is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或And establishing, according to the a, a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe ,or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
    并根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。And determining, according to the first list, the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS.
  48. 根据权利要求41-47任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any of claims 41-47, wherein
    所述网络设备还包括接收器,用于接收所述用户设备发送的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The network device further includes a receiver, configured to receive first feedback information sent by the user equipment, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second Subframe.
  49. 一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器、总线及接收器,所述处理器、所述存储器及所述接收器通过所述总线相互连接;A user equipment, comprising: a processor, a memory, a bus, and a receiver, wherein the processor, the memory, and the receiver are connected to each other through the bus;
    其中,所述接收器,用于接收网络设备发送的相邻的第一子帧和第二子帧,所述第一子帧在所述第二子帧之后发送,所述第一子帧包括M个正交频分复用OFDM符号,所述第二子帧包括N个OFDM符号,其中M和N为正整数,且M≥N;The receiver is configured to receive a first subframe and a second subframe that are sent by the network device, where the first subframe is sent after the second subframe, where the first subframe includes M orthogonal frequency division multiplexing OFDM symbols, the second subframe includes N OFDM symbols, where M and N are positive integers, and M≥N;
    所述处理器,用于获取所述第一子帧承载的第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,所述第一数据为所述网络设备发送给所述用户设备的数据;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS或第二传输块大小TBS,所述第二传输块大小TBS包括第一子帧的传输块大小TBS和第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大 小TBS对所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据进行解调解码。The processor is configured to acquire the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, where the first data is data sent by the network device to the user equipment; The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by one subframe determines a first transport block size TBS or a second transport block size TBS, and the second transport block size TBS includes a transport block size TBS of the first subframe And a transport block size TBS of the second subframe; according to the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block The small TBS demodulates and decodes the first data carried by the first subframe and the first data carried by the second subframe.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 49, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据第一公式S=F(s×a)确定所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目S,其中,s为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定第一传输块大小TBS。The processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the first formula S=F(s×a), the first data carried by the first subframe and the physical data occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe a number of resource block PRBs, where s is the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried in the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, a a real number greater than 1; determining a first transport block size TBS according to the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB shared by the first data carried by the second subframe.
  51. 根据权利要求49所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 49, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据第二公式T=F(t×a)确定第一传输块大小TBS T,其中,t为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为大于1的实数。The processor is specifically configured to determine a first transport block size TBS T according to a second formula T=F(t×a), where t is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, and the first sub The transport block size TBS of the frame is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded off. Integrity, a is a real number greater than one.
  52. 根据权利要求49所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 49, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据第三公式L=F(l×a)确定第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目L,其中,l为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目,函数F()为向上取整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数;根据所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS;根据所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目确定所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS。The processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the third formula L=F(1×a), the number L of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe, where l is the first sub- The number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the frame, the function F() is rounded up or rounded down or rounded up, and a is a positive real number not greater than 1; according to the second subframe Determining, by the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, the number of the physical resource blocks, and the number of the physical resource blocks The transport block size TBS of the first subframe.
  53. 根据权利要求49所述的设备,其特征在于,The device according to claim 49, wherein
    所述处理器,具体用于根据第四公式P=F(p×a)确定第二子帧的传输块大小TBS P,其中,p为所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS,所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS为所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目对应的传输块大小TBS,函数F()为向上取 整或向下取整或四舍五入取整,a为不大于1的正实数。The processor is specifically configured to determine a transport block size TBS P of the second subframe according to the fourth formula P=F(p×a), where p is a transport block size TBS of the first subframe, The transport block size TBS of the first subframe is the transport block size TBS corresponding to the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe, and the function F() is upward. Rounding down or rounding up or down, a is a positive real number not greater than 1.
  54. 根据权利要求49-53任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any of claims 49-53, wherein
    所述接收器,还用于接收所述网络设备发送的所述a;The receiver is further configured to receive the a sent by the network device;
    所述处理器,具体用于根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第二子帧的传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或The processor is specifically configured to establish, according to the a, a first list of a transport block size TBS of the first subframe and a transport block size TBS of the second subframe, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧的传输块大小TBS与所述第一传输块大小TBS建立第一列表,或Establishing a first list of the transport block size TBS of the first subframe and the first transport block size TBS according to the a, or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表,或And establishing, according to the a, a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe and the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the second subframe ,or
    根据所述a将所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据占用的物理资源块PRB数目与所述第一子帧承载的所述第一数据和所述第二子帧承载的所述第一数据共同占用的物理资源块PRB数目建立第一列表;And the number of physical resource blocks PRB occupied by the first data carried by the first subframe according to the a, and the first data and the second subframe carried by the first subframe Establishing a first list of the number of physical resource blocks PRBs that are commonly occupied by the first data;
    根据所述第一列表确定所述第一传输块大小TBS或所述第二传输块大小TBS。Determining the first transport block size TBS or the second transport block size TBS according to the first list.
  55. 根据权利要求49-54任一项所述的设备,其特征在于,Apparatus according to any of claims 49-54, wherein
    所述用户设备还包括发送器,用于向所述网络设备发送第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息用于指示所述用户设备是否正确接收所述第一子帧及所述第二子帧。The user equipment further includes a transmitter, configured to send the first feedback information to the network device, where the first feedback information is used to indicate whether the user equipment correctly receives the first subframe and the second sub frame.
  56. 一种无线网络***,其特征在于,包括网络设备及用户设备;A wireless network system, comprising: a network device and a user equipment;
    其中,所述网络设备为权利要求26-33任一项所述的网络设备,所述用户设备为权利要求34-40任一项所述的用户设备;The network device is the network device according to any one of claims 26 to 33, and the user equipment is the user equipment according to any one of claims 34-40;
    或者,所述网络设备为权利要求41-48任一项所述的网络设备,所述用户设备为权利要求49-55任一项所述的用户设备。 Alternatively, the network device is the network device according to any one of claims 41-48, and the user device is the user device according to any one of claims 49-55.
PCT/CN2015/071006 2015-01-19 2015-01-19 Data transmission method, device and system WO2016115660A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/544,820 US10608804B2 (en) 2015-01-19 2015-01-19 Data transmission method, device, and system
EP15878338.1A EP3240349B1 (en) 2015-01-19 2015-01-19 Data transmission method, device and system
PCT/CN2015/071006 WO2016115660A1 (en) 2015-01-19 2015-01-19 Data transmission method, device and system
CN201580066968.7A CN107006021B (en) 2015-01-19 2015-01-19 A kind of data transmission method, equipment and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/071006 WO2016115660A1 (en) 2015-01-19 2015-01-19 Data transmission method, device and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016115660A1 true WO2016115660A1 (en) 2016-07-28

Family

ID=56416246

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/071006 WO2016115660A1 (en) 2015-01-19 2015-01-19 Data transmission method, device and system

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US10608804B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3240349B1 (en)
CN (1) CN107006021B (en)
WO (1) WO2016115660A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111526589A (en) * 2019-02-02 2020-08-11 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20170128494A (en) * 2015-03-18 2017-11-22 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 Data transfer method and device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010012239A1 (en) * 2008-07-30 2010-02-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, system and device for adaptive modulation and coding
CN101909305A (en) * 2009-06-04 2010-12-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for transmission and indication of relay system
WO2013176827A1 (en) * 2012-05-19 2013-11-28 Motorola Mobility Llc Method and apparatus for transport block signaling in a wireless communication system
CN103534969A (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-01-22 华为终端有限公司 Data transmission method, base station and user device
CN103547340A (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-01-29 华为终端有限公司 Data transmission method, base station and user equipment

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8861452B2 (en) 2010-08-16 2014-10-14 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for use of licensed spectrum for control channels in cognitive radio communications
KR102032101B1 (en) 2010-12-06 2019-10-14 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 Method to enable wireless operation in license exempt spectrum
US9693264B2 (en) 2011-04-18 2017-06-27 Lg Electronics Inc. Signal transmission method and device in a wireless communication system
WO2013006006A2 (en) 2011-07-07 2013-01-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system
WO2014147673A1 (en) * 2013-03-22 2014-09-25 富士通株式会社 Radio communication system, radio communication method, receiver apparatus and transmitter apparatus
US20150043480A1 (en) * 2013-08-07 2015-02-12 Broadcom Corporation System and Method for Multi-Subframe Data Transmission
WO2016018079A1 (en) * 2014-08-01 2016-02-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Downlink signal reception method and user equipment, and downlink signal transmission method and base station
EP3209057B1 (en) 2014-11-13 2019-01-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Data transmission method, device and system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010012239A1 (en) * 2008-07-30 2010-02-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, system and device for adaptive modulation and coding
CN101909305A (en) * 2009-06-04 2010-12-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for transmission and indication of relay system
WO2013176827A1 (en) * 2012-05-19 2013-11-28 Motorola Mobility Llc Method and apparatus for transport block signaling in a wireless communication system
CN103534969A (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-01-22 华为终端有限公司 Data transmission method, base station and user device
CN103547340A (en) * 2013-03-21 2014-01-29 华为终端有限公司 Data transmission method, base station and user equipment

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3240349A4 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111526589A (en) * 2019-02-02 2020-08-11 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication
CN111526589B (en) * 2019-02-02 2022-05-24 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10608804B2 (en) 2020-03-31
US20180019856A1 (en) 2018-01-18
EP3240349A1 (en) 2017-11-01
CN107006021A (en) 2017-08-01
EP3240349A4 (en) 2017-12-27
EP3240349B1 (en) 2019-01-09
CN107006021B (en) 2019-11-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020134382A1 (en) Method and device for processing uplink control information
US9629138B2 (en) Method, device and system for transmitting downlink control channel
EP3334228B1 (en) Resource allocation method and device
KR20160147756A (en) Modulation coding scheme (mcs) tables indication in lte uplink
JP2019535186A (en) Data communication method, terminal, and base station
JP2020502842A (en) Communication method, terminal and network device
JP6963693B2 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2016091185A1 (en) Method for data transmission, base station and user equipment
CN107079053B (en) Data retransmission method, equipment and system
JP6722777B2 (en) Method and apparatus for sending feedback information for uplink transmission
CN106576023B (en) Information transmission method, equipment and system
WO2016115660A1 (en) Data transmission method, device and system
CN107005953B (en) Data transmission method, equipment and system
CN107078992B (en) Information transmission method, equipment and system
CN107005369B (en) Data retransmission method, equipment and system
CN111757492B (en) Resource indication method, equipment and computer readable storage medium
WO2016115681A1 (en) Information transmission method, device and system
WO2016154999A1 (en) Data transmission method, device and system
WO2018201410A1 (en) Method and device for acquiring control information
CN115362731A (en) Method and apparatus for determining a set of control resources

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15878338

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15544820

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015878338

Country of ref document: EP